{"title":"Portable Screens","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"flex-two-columns\"\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"bd--category-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhether it is a spontaneous presentation in the meeting room, a lesson in the classroom or a film night in the garden – a portable screen is the right choice wherever a permanently mounted screen is out of the question. It is set up in no time and stowed away just as quickly after the show. \"Portable screen\" is an umbrella term: from the pull-up housing and the classic tripod screen to the folding frame and the inflatable outdoor screen, every transportable projection surface falls under it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhich design suits you depends on how you use it: a fixed room or changing locations, indoors or outdoors, 130 cm or over 4 m image width. At Beamer-Discount you will find portable, foldable and transportable screens from celexon. The overview below takes you to the right design at a glance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"bdberater\"\u003e\n    \u003cp\u003eScreen Buying Guide 2026 - Portable Screens\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003cdiv\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kaufberaterhead\"\u003eGo to the buying guide\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"bd--category-links\"\u003e\n    \u003cdiv class=\"is--h2\"\u003eOn this page:\u003c\/div\u003e\n    \u003cul\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#kaufberaterhead\"\u003eScreen Buying Guide 2026 - Portable Screens\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#ueberblick\"\u003eWhich portable screen suits you? The designs at a glance\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#detail\"\u003eThe portable designs in detail\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#groesse\"\u003eWhich size and format? How to choose correctly\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#faq\"\u003eFrequently asked questions (FAQ)\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n      \u003cli\u003e\u003ca href=\"#mobile-leinwand-kaufen-bei-beamer-discount\"\u003eBuy a portable screen at Beamer-Discount\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n    \u003c\/ul\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-219-x-123-cm-99-16-9-fuer-praesentation-und-heimkino","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 219 x 123 cm (99\" 16:9) for Presentations and Home Cinema","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 219 x 123 cm viewable area (99 inches, 16:9) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e219 × 123 cm (99\", 16:9)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.3 to 4.4 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e233 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e12 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 219 x 123 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-219-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 219 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738064470147,"sku":"1090022","price":239.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-219-x-123-cm_8b7f0a01-ff9c-4fb1-b7c0-d500bd978b42.jpg?v=1793719404"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-133-x-133-cm-74-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 133 x 133 cm (74\" 1:1) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 133 x 133 cm viewable area (74 inches, 1:1) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e133 × 133 cm (74\", 1:1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2 to 2.7 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3 cm top, left, right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e147 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e8.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 133 x 133 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-133-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 133 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738395623555,"sku":"1090014","price":109.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-133-x-133-cm_93acaa6d-ae49-4cb8-8645-27c7a4a45a62.jpg?v=1793719393"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-158-x-158-cm-88-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 158 x 158 cm (88\" 1:1) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 158 x 158 cm viewable area (88 inches, 1:1) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e158 × 158 cm (88\", 1:1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2.4 to 3.2 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3 cm top, left, right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e172 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e9.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 158 x 158 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-158-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 158 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738395721859,"sku":"1090015","price":119.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-158-x-158-cm_6dd51dc5-cbdf-4462-8998-3dc8432d7cbb.jpg?v=1793719394"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-184-x-184-cm-102-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 184 x 184 cm (102\" 1:1) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 184 x 184 cm viewable area (102 inches, 1:1) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e184 × 184 cm (102\", 1:1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2.8 to 3.7 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3 cm top, left, right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e198 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 184 x 184 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-184-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 184 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738396115075,"sku":"1090016","price":129.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-184-x-184-cm_1ca31799-30f2-4eed-8afa-31b1414a87ad.jpg?v=1793719402"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-219-x-219-cm-122-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 219 x 219 cm (122\" 1:1) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 219 x 219 cm viewable area (122 inches, 1:1) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e219 × 219 cm (122\", 1:1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.3 to 4.4 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3 cm top, left, right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e233 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e12.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 219 x 219 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-219-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 219 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738396213379,"sku":"1090017","price":239.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-219-x-219-cm_694811a5-dda5-4262-bf25-d5c133496602.jpg?v=1793719407"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-244-x-244-cm-136-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 244 x 244 cm (136\" 1:1) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 244 x 244 cm viewable area (136 inches, 1:1) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e244 × 244 cm (136\", 1:1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.7 to 4.9 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3 cm top, 4 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e260 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e14 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 244 x 244 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-244-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 244 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738396344451,"sku":"1090018","price":299.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-244-x-244-cm_4287ca4d-f087-4304-9b57-e4896dee3274.jpg?v=1793719412"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-176-x-132-cm-87-4-3-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 176 x 132 cm (87\" 4:3) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 176 x 132 cm viewable area (87 inches, 4:3) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e176 × 132 cm (87\", 4:3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2.6 to 3.5 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e190 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 176 x 132 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-184-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 184 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738396442755,"sku":"1090019","price":129.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-176-x-132-cm_99a95b80-1ec9-4f7c-8943-3a5bb108d2e7.jpg?v=1793719398"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-211-x-160-cm-104-4-3-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 211 x 160 cm (104\" 4:3) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 211 x 160 cm viewable area (104 inches, 4:3) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e211 × 160 cm (104\", 4:3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.2 to 4.2 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, left, right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e225 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e11.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 211 x 160 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-219-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 219 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738396573827,"sku":"1090020","price":239.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-211-x-160-cm_71607d7f-015f-4569-ac05-2256ff1f7005.jpg?v=1793719403"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-244-x-183-cm-120-4-3-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 244 x 183 cm (120\" 4:3) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 244 x 183 cm viewable area (120 inches, 4:3) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e244 × 183 cm (120\", 4:3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.7 to 4.9 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, left, right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e260 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e13.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 244 x 183 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-244-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 244 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738396803203,"sku":"1090021","price":299.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-244-x-183-cm_7ce0e602-8c76-4c1a-81bb-e6906303acbb.jpg?v=1793719409"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-244-x-138-cm-110-16-9-fuer-praesentation-und-heimkino","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 244 x 138 cm (110\" 16:9) for Presentations and Home Cinema","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 244 x 138 cm viewable area (110 inches, 16:9) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e244 × 138 cm (110\", 16:9)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.7 to 4.9 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e257 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 244 x 138 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-244-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 244 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738396999811,"sku":"1090023","price":299.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-244-x-138-cm_d585c3a6-1ea6-4c4a-b276-3e3e2fff0829.jpg?v=1793719408"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-133-x-100-cm-66-4-3-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 133 x 100 cm (66\" 4:3) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 133 x 100 cm viewable area (66 inches, 4:3) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e133 × 100 cm (66\", 4:3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2 to 2.7 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e145 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e8.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 133 x 100 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-133-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 133 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738434355331,"sku":"1090257","price":109.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-133-x-100-cm_2e785ce3-48b5-44cd-9c5a-a52e6d15ad0f.jpg?v=1793719389"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-158-x-118-cm-78-4-3-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 158 x 118 cm (78\" 4:3) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 158 x 118 cm viewable area (78 inches, 4:3) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e158 × 118 cm (78\", 4:3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2.4 to 3.2 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e170 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e9.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 158 x 118 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-158-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 158 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738434453635,"sku":"1090258","price":119.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-158-x-118-cm_8ad1bbe3-c71a-4c99-9d6c-22108bb86eb7.jpg?v=1793719394"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-133-x-75-cm-60-16-9-fuer-praesentation-und-heimkino","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 133 x 75 cm (60\" 16:9) for Presentations and Home Cinema","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 133 x 75 cm viewable area (60 inches, 16:9) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e133 × 75 cm (60\", 16:9)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2 to 2.7 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e145 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e8.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 133 x 75 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-133-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 133 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738435567747,"sku":"1090259","price":109.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-133-x-75-cm_05e42c5e-d23b-4172-a449-ea662b3fbb93.jpg?v=1793719389"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-158-x-89-cm-71-16-9-fuer-praesentation-und-heimkino","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 158 x 89 cm (71\" 16:9) for Presentations and Home Cinema","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 158 x 89 cm viewable area (71 inches, 16:9) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e158 × 89 cm (71\", 16:9)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2.4 to 3.2 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e170 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e9.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 158 x 89 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-158-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 158 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738436485251,"sku":"1090260","price":119.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-158-x-89-cm_17c20556-258b-431b-8c21-a01a98e33e97.jpg?v=1793719398"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-184-x-104-cm-83-16-9-fuer-praesentation-und-heimkino","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy: 184 x 104 cm (83\" 16:9) for Presentations and Home Cinema","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 184 x 104 cm viewable area (83 inches, 16:9) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e184 × 104 cm (83\", 16:9)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2.8 to 3.7 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e196 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e10.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy 184 x 104 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-184-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 184 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47738437697667,"sku":"1090261","price":129.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-184-x-104-cm_f66cb9df-0b3d-47d5-b30e-8fd6d7751b4e.jpg?v=1793719398"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-133-x-133-cm-74-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 133 x 133 cm (74\" 1:1) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 133 x 133 cm viewable area (74 inches, 1:1) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e133 × 133 cm (74\", 1:1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2 to 2.7 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3 cm top, left, right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e147 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e8.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White Edition 133 x 133 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-133-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 133 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739436630147,"sku":"1090262","price":119.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-133-x-133-cm-White-Edition_0fffe363-3bae-45e7-ad11-e2cbd4b549d1.jpg?v=1793719412"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-133-x-100-cm-66-4-3-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 133 x 100 cm (66\" 4:3) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 133 x 100 cm viewable area (66 inches, 4:3) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e133 × 100 cm (66\", 4:3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2 to 2.7 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e145 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e8.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White Edition 133 x 100 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-133-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 133 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739437416579,"sku":"1090263","price":119.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-133-x-100-cm-White-Edition_a9398aec-d89c-48c3-ad2b-4e61ac5ce59c.jpg?v=1793719414"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-133-x-75-cm-60-16-9-fuer-praesentation-und-heimkino","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 133 x 75 cm (60\" 16:9) for Presentations and Home Cinema","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 133 x 75 cm viewable area (60 inches, 16:9) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e133 × 75 cm (60\", 16:9)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2 to 2.7 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e145 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e8.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White Edition 133 x 75 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-133-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 133 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739439153283,"sku":"1090264","price":119.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-133-x-75-cm-White-Edition_b768c596-c434-4d10-9024-e202af731bd3.jpg?v=1793719417"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-158-x-158-cm-88-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 158 x 158 cm (88\" 1:1) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 158 x 158 cm viewable area (88 inches, 1:1) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e158 × 158 cm (88\", 1:1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2.4 to 3.2 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3 cm top, left, right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e172 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e9.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White Edition 158 x 158 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-158-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 158 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739439841411,"sku":"1090265","price":129.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-158-x-158-cm-White-Edition_d3b83546-6080-4d2d-b4f2-ef31b1f0574b.jpg?v=1793719418"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-158-x-118-cm-78-4-3-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 158 x 118 cm (78\" 4:3) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 158 x 118 cm viewable area (78 inches, 4:3) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e158 × 118 cm (78\", 4:3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2.4 to 3.2 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e170 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e9.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White Edition 158 x 118 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-158-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 158 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739440398467,"sku":"1090266","price":129.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-158-x-118-cm-White-Edition_b22bc76e-d06e-4de8-bf20-7a2a858cfd8b.jpg?v=1793719417"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-158-x-89-cm-71-16-9-fuer-praesentation-und-heimkino","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 158 x 89 cm (71\" 16:9) for Presentations and Home Cinema","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 158 x 89 cm viewable area (71 inches, 16:9) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e158 × 89 cm (71\", 16:9)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2.4 to 3.2 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e170 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e9.2 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White 158 x 89 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-158-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 158 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739440791683,"sku":"1090267","price":129.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-158-x-89-cm-White-Edition_236fbded-9726-4652-8364-af5bbd1005e8.jpg?v=1793719421"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-184-x-184-cm-102-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 184 x 184 cm (102\" 1:1) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 184 x 184 cm viewable area (102 inches, 1:1) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e184 × 184 cm (102\", 1:1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2.8 to 3.7 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3 cm top, left, right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e198 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e11 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White 184 x 184 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-184-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 184 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739441021059,"sku":"1090268","price":139.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-184-x-184-cm-White-Edition_11f0eb42-ccee-4abd-bf49-9c94c1140a35.jpg?v=1793719426"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-176-x-132-cm-87-4-3-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 176 x 132 cm (87\" 4:3) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 176 x 132 cm viewable area (87 inches, 4:3) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e176 × 132 cm (87\", 4:3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2.6 to 3.5 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e190 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e10 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White 176 x 132 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-184-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 184 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739441217667,"sku":"1090269","price":139.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-176-x-132-cm-White-Edition_0db1b396-86ca-43e8-8132-d7384c53197a.jpg?v=1793719422"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-184-x-104-cm-83-16-9-fuer-praesentation-und-heimkino","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 184 x 104 cm (83\" 16:9) for Presentations and Home Cinema","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 184 x 104 cm viewable area (83 inches, 16:9) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e184 × 104 cm (83\", 16:9)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2.8 to 3.7 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e196 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e10.4 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White 184 x 104 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-184-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 184 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739441643651,"sku":"1090270","price":139.98,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-184-x-104-cm-White-Edition_d4593d3e-e6ec-4922-bd35-519d807d9189.jpg?v=1793719423"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-219-x-219-cm-122-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 219 x 219 cm (122\" 1:1) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 219 x 219 cm viewable area (122 inches, 1:1) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e219 × 219 cm (122\", 1:1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.3 to 4.4 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3 cm top, left, right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e233 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e12.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White 219 x 219 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-219-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 219 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739441676419,"sku":"1090271","price":259.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-219-x-219-cm-White-Edition_b03d8c90-e5b2-4a37-8851-0d36f7c1c8c4.jpg?v=1793719431"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-211-x-160-cm-104-4-3-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 211 x 160 cm (104\" 4:3) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 211 x 160 cm viewable area (104 inches, 4:3) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e211 × 160 cm (104\", 4:3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.2 to 4.2 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, left, right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e225 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e11.7 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White 211 x 160 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-219-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 219 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739442069635,"sku":"1090272","price":259.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-211-x-160-cm-White-Edition_5400bed8-c363-4b29-82ec-ccd7d01ec8f1.jpg?v=1793719427"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-219-x-123-cm-99-16-9-fuer-praesentation-und-heimkino","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 219 x 123 cm (99\" 16:9) for Presentations and Home Cinema","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 219 x 123 cm viewable area (99 inches, 16:9) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e219 × 123 cm (99\", 16:9)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.3 to 4.4 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e233 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e12 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White 219 x 123 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-219-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 219 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739442430083,"sku":"1090273","price":259.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-219-x-123-cm-White-Edition_975f7876-c97f-472b-8bad-c81af52e67bf.jpg?v=1793719428"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-244-x-244-cm-136-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 244 x 244 cm (136\" 1:1) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 244 x 244 cm viewable area (136 inches, 1:1) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e244 × 244 cm (136\", 1:1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.7 to 4.9 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3 cm top, 4 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e260 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e14 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White 244 x 244 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-244-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 244 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739442757763,"sku":"1090274","price":309.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-244-x-244-cm-White-Edition_5e943254-ef56-4d3a-aa23-ead60a8026f8.jpg?v=1793719436"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-244-x-183-cm-120-4-3-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 244 x 183 cm (120\" 4:3) for Training and Presentations","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 244 x 183 cm viewable area (120 inches, 4:3) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e244 × 183 cm (120\", 4:3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.7 to 4.9 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e5 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, left, right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e260 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e13.5 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White 244 x 183 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-244-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 244 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739442987139,"sku":"1090275","price":309.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-244-x-183-cm-White-Edition_beadfa0c-ed8c-4138-b810-60ee49112275.jpg?v=1793719432"},{"product_id":"celexon-stativleinwand-economy-weiss-244-x-138-cm-110-16-9-fuer-praesentation-und-heimkino","title":"celexon Tripod Screen Economy White: 244 x 138 cm (110\" 16:9) for Presentations and Home Cinema","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy: the free-standing screen for use in different rooms\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Economy tripod screen with a 244 x 138 cm viewable area (110 inches, 16:9) is the affordable, freestanding screen you simply set up – for presentations in changing rooms such as training sessions, seminars, clubs or classrooms. Set up the tripod, pull the fabric up and project; after use, fold the screen back up and store it in a space-saving way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding:\u003c\/strong\u003e complete with pre-assembled tripod, can be placed anywhere in the room.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMobile and flexible:\u003c\/strong\u003e can be used in changing rooms and stowed away to save space after use – ideal if the screen is needed in different places.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInfinitely height-adjustable:\u003c\/strong\u003e the image height can be set freely via the tripod rod so that the back rows also have a clear view; slight tilt corrections are possible using the integrated keystone bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric with gain 1.0:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; black, light-tight back prevents light shining through from behind.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEasy to transport:\u003c\/strong\u003e folds up compactly, around 11 kg, carried by the handle and optionally in the matching soft case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Economy tripod screen the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you are looking for an affordable, portable freestanding screen that you can use in different rooms and then put away again, for example for presentations, training, club evenings or occasional home cinema.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. If you mainly show 16:9 films, white screen area remains unused at the top and bottom; in that case a 16:9 size is a better fit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if you set up and take down every day or want more stability: in that case the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\"\u003eUltramobil Professional\u003c\/a\u003e stands as a closed aluminium housing with its centre of gravity directly on the floor. The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\"\u003eUltramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/a\u003e is the quickest and easiest to set up: unfolded in one piece, it stands on its own thanks to its scissor mechanism – ideal for daily professional use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot suitable\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to stay permanently mounted (in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWith gain 1.0, the matte white fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, staying evenly bright over a wide viewing angle – ideal for an audience spread widely across the room. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. The black, light-tight back prevents light from shining through from behind. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Economy tripod screen is available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9 formats. Use the height-adjustable pole to set the lower edge of the image so that the back rows also have a clear view. On the 16:9 sizes, a black strip adjoins the bottom of the viewable area; if your projector outputs a 16:9 image, this masking makes it feel a little more immersive.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e244 × 138 cm (110\", 16:9)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.7 to 4.9 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e40 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e4 cm top, 3 cm sides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eHousing (tube)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e257 × Ø 7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e13 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for training and meeting rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Economy tripod screen set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe screen comes with a pre-assembled tripod: spread the tripod legs, stand the housing upright, pull the fabric up by the tension bar and hook it onto the top of the tripod, then set the height using the tensioning nut. Slight tilt corrections are possible via the integrated keystone bracket. To dismantle, the fabric rolls back into the housing and the tripod folds up, ready to carry by the handle; an optional matching soft case is available for travel. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy White 244 x 138 cm with Pre-Mounted Tripod\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated keystone bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eTripod screen, Ultramobil or Ultramobil Plus: which portable screen suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Tripod Screen Economy (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen housing plus tripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit (telescopic pole can be stowed in the housing)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eScreen and housing as one unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet up the tripod, pull up the fabric and hook it in\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePull the fabric out of the housing and lock it with the telescopic pole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOpen, pull up the fabric, stands by itself\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric \u0026amp; gain\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ematte white, gain 1.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003efinely textured fabric, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core, gain 1.2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTripod stand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, fold-out foot\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCentre of gravity at floor level, two feet (left and right), particularly stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCarrying handle, soft case optional\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFormats\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e1:1, 4:3, 16:9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-fuer-schulung-und-praesentation\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-180-x-180-cm-100-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView Ultramobil Plus →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: the Economy tripod screen is the affordable, flexible entry level for occasional use in changing locations. If you set up and dismantle more often or daily and want more stability, you are better off with the Ultramobil series. The quickest and easiest option is the Ultramobil Professional Plus: open the one-piece aluminium housing and you're done – the scissor mechanism with gas spring holds the screen up by itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransport \u0026amp; protection:\u003c\/strong\u003e For mobile use, the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/sonstiges-celexon-softcase-fuer-stativleinwand-244-cm\"\u003ecelexon soft case for tripod screens (fabric width 244 cm)\u003c\/a\u003e protects the fabric and housing on the move.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/stativleinwand\"\u003etripod screen\u003c\/a\u003e category, under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Economy tripod screen\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the tripod screen in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a compact tube around 198 cm long and approx. 7 cm in diameter; the pre-assembled tripod folds in to save space. The fabric is safely rolled up in the housing on the move. At around 11 kg, it is easy to carry by the handle – for frequent trips, the optional soft case gives the housing additional protection against scratches and knocks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739443413123,"sku":"1090276","price":309.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Stativleinwand-Economy-244-x-138-cm-White-Edition_8d09a365-56ed-4532-8699-326402bd8402.jpg?v=1793719432"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-244-x-183-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 244 x 183 cm – Professional Screen, Front Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rugged professional screen for mobile use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 244 x 183 cm (120 inches, 4:3) is the portable professional screen for use at events and trade fairs, on roadshows and in training sessions. The one-piece aluminium folding frame is set up without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all the way round with press studs, so it is evenly tensioned. The complete screen is transported in a sturdy case with all-round metal fittings and wheels. Frame, connecting elements and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional setup and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the \"Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect flatness thanks to the tensioning frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched all the way round in the aluminium folding frame and therefore lies perfectly flat – without waves, for evenly sharp projection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding, no mounting required:\u003c\/strong\u003e stands on two aluminium feet, with no drilling into walls or ceilings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; light-tight black back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you frequently project in large format on the move (at trade fairs, roadshows, events, training and presentations) and want a sturdy screen that sets up quickly and travels safely in its case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 4:3 format is a deliberate choice if your projector outputs it. With a 16:9 projector, white screen area would otherwise remain unused at the top and bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version projects from the front; we compare the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) further below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with lots of daylight an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matte white PVC fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, with a wide viewing angle for an audience spread across the room. Because it is tensioned all round in the folding frame, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for a projection that is evenly sharp across the full width. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e244 x 183 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e264 x 203 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 19–94 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 222–297 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.7 to 4.9 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 3.7 to 4.9 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 11.0 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign and project\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC (front projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStandard for presentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTrade fair and stage construction, when the projector should stay out of sight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCables \u0026amp; safety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector in the audience area; allow for cable runs as a possible trip hazard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView rear projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: for most applications, front projection is the right choice – the projector stands in the room in front of the screen. If you want the projector out of sight (exhibition stand, stage, shop window), choose the same size as a rear projection version with the matching rear projection fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 244 x 183 cm (Screen Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 95.5 × 31.0 × 44.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat applications is the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWherever you need a large, flat image on the move: at trade fairs and roadshows, at events and film screenings, in shop windows, training sessions, seminars and presentations. The frame is set up in a few minutes, stands freely on two feet and then travels safely in its transport case to the next location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith this front projection version, the projector stands in front of the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739446591619,"sku":"1090325","price":869.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-244-x-183cm-Frontprojektion_1f738363-7270-4dbb-86c7-30f80cd38dbf.jpg?v=1793718914"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-229-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 305 x 229 cm – Professional Screen, Front Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rugged professional screen for mobile use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 305 x 229 cm (150 inches, 4:3) is the portable professional screen for use at events and trade fairs, on roadshows and in training sessions. The one-piece aluminium folding frame is set up without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all the way round with press studs, so it is evenly tensioned. The complete screen is transported in a sturdy case with all-round metal fittings and wheels. Frame, connecting elements and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional setup and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the \"Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect flatness thanks to the tensioning frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched all the way round in the aluminium folding frame and therefore lies perfectly flat – without waves, for evenly sharp projection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding, no mounting required:\u003c\/strong\u003e stands on two aluminium feet, with no drilling into walls or ceilings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; light-tight black back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you frequently project in large format on the move (at trade fairs, roadshows, events, training and presentations) and want a sturdy screen that sets up quickly and travels safely in its case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 4:3 format is a deliberate choice if your projector outputs it. With a 16:9 projector, white screen area would otherwise remain unused at the top and bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version projects from the front; we compare the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-229-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) further below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with lots of daylight an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matte white PVC fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, with a wide viewing angle for an audience spread across the room. Because it is tensioned all round in the folding frame, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for a projection that is evenly sharp across the full width. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e305 x 229 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e325 x 249 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 19–94 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 267–342 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 4.6 to 6.1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 4.6 to 6.1 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 13.7 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign and project\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC (front projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStandard for presentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTrade fair and stage construction, when the projector should stay out of sight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCables \u0026amp; safety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector in the audience area; allow for cable runs as a possible trip hazard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-229-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView rear projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: for most applications, front projection is the right choice – the projector stands in the room in front of the screen. If you want the projector out of sight (exhibition stand, stage, shop window), choose the same size as a rear projection version with the matching rear projection fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 305 x 229 cm (Screen Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 115.5 × 31.0 × 46.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for rear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from behind – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-rueckprojektion-305-x-229-cm\"\u003erear projection fabric in 305 x 229 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit. If space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat applications is the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWherever you need a large, flat image on the move: at trade fairs and roadshows, at events and film screenings, in shop windows, training sessions, seminars and presentations. The frame is set up in a few minutes, stands freely on two feet and then travels safely in its transport case to the next location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith this front projection version, the projector stands in front of the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-229-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739447083139,"sku":"1090326","price":979.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-305-x-229cm-Frontprojektion_d2cb0bc3-4732-4331-9383-c75d6fc5f034.jpg?v=1793718922"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-274-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 366 x 274 cm – Professional Screen, Front Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rugged professional screen for mobile use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 366 x 274 cm (180 inches, 4:3) is the portable professional screen for use at events and trade fairs, on roadshows and in training sessions. The one-piece aluminium folding frame is set up without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all the way round with press studs, so it is evenly tensioned. The complete screen is transported in a sturdy case with all-round metal fittings and wheels. Frame, connecting elements and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional setup and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the \"Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect flatness thanks to the tensioning frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched all the way round in the aluminium folding frame and therefore lies perfectly flat – without waves, for evenly sharp projection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding, no mounting required:\u003c\/strong\u003e stands on two aluminium feet, with no drilling into walls or ceilings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; light-tight black back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you frequently project in large format on the move (at trade fairs, roadshows, events, training and presentations) and want a sturdy screen that sets up quickly and travels safely in its case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 4:3 format is a deliberate choice if your projector outputs it. With a 16:9 projector, white screen area would otherwise remain unused at the top and bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version projects from the front; we compare the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-274-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) further below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with lots of daylight an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matte white PVC fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, with a wide viewing angle for an audience spread across the room. Because it is tensioned all round in the folding frame, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for a projection that is evenly sharp across the full width. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e366 x 274 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e386 x 294 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 26–56 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 320–350 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 5.5 to 7.3 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 43 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 5.5 to 7.3 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 16.4 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign and project\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC (front projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStandard for presentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTrade fair and stage construction, when the projector should stay out of sight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCables \u0026amp; safety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector in the audience area; allow for cable runs as a possible trip hazard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-274-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView rear projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: for most applications, front projection is the right choice – the projector stands in the room in front of the screen. If you want the projector out of sight (exhibition stand, stage, shop window), choose the same size as a rear projection version with the matching rear projection fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 366 x 274 cm (Screen Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 115.5 × 31.0 × 55.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for rear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from behind – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-rueckprojektion-366-x-274-cm\"\u003erear projection fabric in 366 x 274 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit. If space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat applications is the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWherever you need a large, flat image on the move: at trade fairs and roadshows, at events and film screenings, in shop windows, training sessions, seminars and presentations. The frame is set up in a few minutes, stands freely on two feet and then travels safely in its transport case to the next location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith this front projection version, the projector stands in front of the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-274-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739447410819,"sku":"1090327","price":1099.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-366-x-274cm-Frontprojektion_bc561251-11d9-4c92-bc62-c4903254db42.jpg?v=1793718931"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-305-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 406 x 305 cm – Professional Screen, Front Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rugged professional screen for mobile use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 406 x 305 cm (200 inches, 4:3) is the portable professional screen for use at events and trade fairs, on roadshows and in training sessions. The one-piece aluminium folding frame is set up without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all the way round with press studs, so it is evenly tensioned. The complete screen is transported in a sturdy case with all-round metal fittings and wheels. Frame, connecting elements and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional setup and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the \"Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect flatness thanks to the tensioning frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched all the way round in the aluminium folding frame and therefore lies perfectly flat – without waves, for evenly sharp projection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding, no mounting required:\u003c\/strong\u003e stands on two aluminium feet, with no drilling into walls or ceilings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; light-tight black back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you frequently project in large format on the move (at trade fairs, roadshows, events, training and presentations) and want a sturdy screen that sets up quickly and travels safely in its case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 4:3 format is a deliberate choice if your projector outputs it. With a 16:9 projector, white screen area would otherwise remain unused at the top and bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version projects from the front; we compare the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-305-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) further below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with lots of daylight an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matte white PVC fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, with a wide viewing angle for an audience spread across the room. Because it is tensioned all round in the folding frame, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for a projection that is evenly sharp across the full width. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e406 x 305 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e426 x 325 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 18–33 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 342–358 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 6.1 to 8.1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 6.1 to 8.1 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 18.3 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign and project\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC (front projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStandard for presentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTrade fair and stage construction, when the projector should stay out of sight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCables \u0026amp; safety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector in the audience area; allow for cable runs as a possible trip hazard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-305-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView rear projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: for most applications, front projection is the right choice – the projector stands in the room in front of the screen. If you want the projector out of sight (exhibition stand, stage, shop window), choose the same size as a rear projection version with the matching rear projection fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 406 x 305 cm (Screen Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 115.5 × 31.0 × 55.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for rear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from behind – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-rueckprojektion-406-x-305-cm\"\u003erear projection fabric in 406 x 305 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit. If space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat applications is the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWherever you need a large, flat image on the move: at trade fairs and roadshows, at events and film screenings, in shop windows, training sessions, seminars and presentations. The frame is set up in a few minutes, stands freely on two feet and then travels safely in its transport case to the next location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith this front projection version, the projector stands in front of the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-305-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739448492163,"sku":"1090328","price":1259.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-406-x-305cm-Frontprojektion_2bf7095e-9f04-4495-ade6-0b9b08ed71e5.jpg?v=1793718940"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-203-x-114-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 203 x 114 cm – Professional Screen, Front Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rugged professional screen for mobile use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 203 x 114 cm (92 inches, 16:9) is the portable professional screen for use at events and trade fairs, on roadshows and in training sessions. The one-piece aluminium folding frame is set up without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all the way round with press studs, so it is evenly tensioned. The complete screen is transported in a sturdy case with all-round metal fittings and wheels. Frame, connecting elements and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional setup and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the \"Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect flatness thanks to the tensioning frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched all the way round in the aluminium folding frame and therefore lies perfectly flat – without waves, for evenly sharp projection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding, no mounting required:\u003c\/strong\u003e stands on two aluminium feet, with no drilling into walls or ceilings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; light-tight black back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you frequently project in large format on the move (at trade fairs, roadshows, events, training and presentations) and want a sturdy screen that sets up quickly and travels safely in its case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version projects from the front; we compare the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-203-x-114-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) further below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with lots of daylight an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matte white PVC fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, with a wide viewing angle for an audience spread across the room. Because it is tensioned all round in the folding frame, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for a projection that is evenly sharp across the full width. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e203 x 114 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e223 x 134 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 18–33 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 148–163 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.0 to 4.1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 23 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 3.0 to 4.1 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 6.8 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign and project\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC (front projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStandard for presentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTrade fair and stage construction, when the projector should stay out of sight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCables \u0026amp; safety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector in the audience area; allow for cable runs as a possible trip hazard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-203-x-114-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView rear projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: for most applications, front projection is the right choice – the projector stands in the room in front of the screen. If you want the projector out of sight (exhibition stand, stage, shop window), choose the same size as a rear projection version with the matching rear projection fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 203 x 114 cm (Screen Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 89.5 × 31.0 × 33.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for rear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from behind – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-rueckprojektion-203-x-114-cm\"\u003erear projection fabric in 203 x 114 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit. If space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat applications is the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWherever you need a large, flat image on the move: at trade fairs and roadshows, at events and film screenings, in shop windows, training sessions, seminars and presentations. The frame is set up in a few minutes, stands freely on two feet and then travels safely in its transport case to the next location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith this front projection version, the projector stands in front of the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-203-x-114-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739449540739,"sku":"1090329","price":719.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-203-x-114cm-Frontprojektion_1f9a98d4-1f40-4d94-aa16-394ecbd6d9dd.jpg?v=1793718898"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-244-x-137-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 244 x 137 cm – Professional Screen, Front Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rugged professional screen for mobile use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 244 x 137 cm (110 inches, 16:9) is the portable professional screen for use at events and trade fairs, on roadshows and in training sessions. The one-piece aluminium folding frame is set up without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all the way round with press studs, so it is evenly tensioned. The complete screen is transported in a sturdy case with all-round metal fittings and wheels. Frame, connecting elements and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional setup and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the \"Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect flatness thanks to the tensioning frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched all the way round in the aluminium folding frame and therefore lies perfectly flat – without waves, for evenly sharp projection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding, no mounting required:\u003c\/strong\u003e stands on two aluminium feet, with no drilling into walls or ceilings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; light-tight black back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you frequently project in large format on the move (at trade fairs, roadshows, events, training and presentations) and want a sturdy screen that sets up quickly and travels safely in its case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version projects from the front; we compare the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-244-x-137-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) further below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with lots of daylight an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matte white PVC fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, with a wide viewing angle for an audience spread across the room. Because it is tensioned all round in the folding frame, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for a projection that is evenly sharp across the full width. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e244 x 137 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e264 x 157 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 12–42 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 169–199 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.7 to 4.9 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 27 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 3.7 to 4.9 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 8.2 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign and project\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC (front projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStandard for presentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTrade fair and stage construction, when the projector should stay out of sight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCables \u0026amp; safety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector in the audience area; allow for cable runs as a possible trip hazard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-244-x-137-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView rear projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: for most applications, front projection is the right choice – the projector stands in the room in front of the screen. If you want the projector out of sight (exhibition stand, stage, shop window), choose the same size as a rear projection version with the matching rear projection fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 244 x 137 cm (Screen Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 95.5 × 31.0 × 44.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for rear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from behind – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-rueckprojektion-244-x-137-cm\"\u003erear projection fabric in 244 x 137 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit. If space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat applications is the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWherever you need a large, flat image on the move: at trade fairs and roadshows, at events and film screenings, in shop windows, training sessions, seminars and presentations. The frame is set up in a few minutes, stands freely on two feet and then travels safely in its transport case to the next location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith this front projection version, the projector stands in front of the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-244-x-137-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739449704579,"sku":"1090330","price":869.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-244-x-137cm-Frontprojektion_056fff08-4c67-4833-b8d6-ec65824f51ac.jpg?v=1793718908"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-172-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 305 x 172 cm – Professional Screen, Front Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rugged professional screen for mobile use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 305 x 172 cm (138 inches, 16:9) is the portable professional screen for use at events and trade fairs, on roadshows and in training sessions. The one-piece aluminium folding frame is set up without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all the way round with press studs, so it is evenly tensioned. The complete screen is transported in a sturdy case with all-round metal fittings and wheels. Frame, connecting elements and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional setup and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the \"Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect flatness thanks to the tensioning frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched all the way round in the aluminium folding frame and therefore lies perfectly flat – without waves, for evenly sharp projection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding, no mounting required:\u003c\/strong\u003e stands on two aluminium feet, with no drilling into walls or ceilings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; light-tight black back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you frequently project in large format on the move (at trade fairs, roadshows, events, training and presentations) and want a sturdy screen that sets up quickly and travels safely in its case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version projects from the front; we compare the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-172-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) further below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with lots of daylight an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matte white PVC fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, with a wide viewing angle for an audience spread across the room. Because it is tensioned all round in the folding frame, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for a projection that is evenly sharp across the full width. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e305 x 172 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e325 x 192 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 24–39 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 217–232 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 4.6 to 6.1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 4.6 to 6.1 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 10.3 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign and project\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC (front projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStandard for presentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTrade fair and stage construction, when the projector should stay out of sight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCables \u0026amp; safety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector in the audience area; allow for cable runs as a possible trip hazard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-172-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView rear projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: for most applications, front projection is the right choice – the projector stands in the room in front of the screen. If you want the projector out of sight (exhibition stand, stage, shop window), choose the same size as a rear projection version with the matching rear projection fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 305 x 172 cm (Screen Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 115.5 × 31.0 × 46.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for rear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from behind – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-rueckprojektion-305-x-172-cm\"\u003erear projection fabric in 305 x 172 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit. If space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat applications is the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWherever you need a large, flat image on the move: at trade fairs and roadshows, at events and film screenings, in shop windows, training sessions, seminars and presentations. The frame is set up in a few minutes, stands freely on two feet and then travels safely in its transport case to the next location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith this front projection version, the projector stands in front of the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-172-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739450359939,"sku":"1090331","price":979.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-305-x-172cm-Frontprojektion_4c781809-e4e8-4370-bbde-7fb4f699df35.jpg?v=1793718915"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-206-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 366 x 206 cm – Professional Screen, Front Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rugged professional screen for mobile use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 366 x 206 cm (165 inches, 16:9) is the portable professional screen for use at events and trade fairs, on roadshows and in training sessions. The one-piece aluminium folding frame is set up without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all the way round with press studs, so it is evenly tensioned. The complete screen is transported in a sturdy case with all-round metal fittings and wheels. Frame, connecting elements and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional setup and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the \"Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect flatness thanks to the tensioning frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched all the way round in the aluminium folding frame and therefore lies perfectly flat – without waves, for evenly sharp projection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding, no mounting required:\u003c\/strong\u003e stands on two aluminium feet, with no drilling into walls or ceilings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; light-tight black back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you frequently project in large format on the move (at trade fairs, roadshows, events, training and presentations) and want a sturdy screen that sets up quickly and travels safely in its case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version projects from the front; we compare the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-206-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) further below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with lots of daylight an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matte white PVC fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, with a wide viewing angle for an audience spread across the room. Because it is tensioned all round in the folding frame, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for a projection that is evenly sharp across the full width. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e366 x 206 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e386 x 226 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 15–75 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 241–301 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 5.5 to 7.3 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 36 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 5.5 to 7.3 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 12.4 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign and project\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC (front projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStandard for presentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTrade fair and stage construction, when the projector should stay out of sight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCables \u0026amp; safety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector in the audience area; allow for cable runs as a possible trip hazard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-206-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView rear projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: for most applications, front projection is the right choice – the projector stands in the room in front of the screen. If you want the projector out of sight (exhibition stand, stage, shop window), choose the same size as a rear projection version with the matching rear projection fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 366 x 206 cm (Screen Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 115.5 × 31.0 × 55.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for rear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from behind – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-rueckprojektion-366-x-206-cm\"\u003erear projection fabric in 366 x 206 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit. If space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat applications is the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWherever you need a large, flat image on the move: at trade fairs and roadshows, at events and film screenings, in shop windows, training sessions, seminars and presentations. The frame is set up in a few minutes, stands freely on two feet and then travels safely in its transport case to the next location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith this front projection version, the projector stands in front of the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-206-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739450654851,"sku":"1090332","price":1099.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-366-x-206cm-Frontprojektion_99bb47a4-2657-42f9-af75-442ca243507c.jpg?v=1793718925"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-228-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 406 x 228 cm – Professional Screen, Front Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rugged professional screen for mobile use\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 406 x 228 cm (183 inches, 16:9) is the portable professional screen for use at events and trade fairs, on roadshows and in training sessions. The one-piece aluminium folding frame is set up without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all the way round with press studs, so it is evenly tensioned. The complete screen is transported in a sturdy case with all-round metal fittings and wheels. Frame, connecting elements and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional setup and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the \"Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePerfect flatness thanks to the tensioning frame:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched all the way round in the aluminium folding frame and therefore lies perfectly flat – without waves, for evenly sharp projection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFreestanding, no mounting required:\u003c\/strong\u003e stands on two aluminium feet, with no drilling into walls or ceilings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatte white fabric:\u003c\/strong\u003e neutral, colour-accurate reproduction with a wide viewing angle; light-tight black back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you frequently project in large format on the move (at trade fairs, roadshows, events, training and presentations) and want a sturdy screen that sets up quickly and travels safely in its case.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFront projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e This version projects from the front; we compare the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-228-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) further below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with lots of daylight an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe matte white PVC fabric reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, with a wide viewing angle for an audience spread across the room. Because it is tensioned all round in the folding frame, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for a projection that is evenly sharp across the full width. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface: a woodchip or plastered wall is rarely neutral white and never completely flat, which costs sharpness and colour. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e406 x 228 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e426 x 248 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 27–87 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 275–335 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 6.1 to 8.1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 41 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 6.1 to 8.1 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 13.7 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign and project\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC (front projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eStandard for presentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTrade fair and stage construction, when the projector should stay out of sight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eCables \u0026amp; safety\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector in the audience area; allow for cable runs as a possible trip hazard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-228-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView rear projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: for most applications, front projection is the right choice – the projector stands in the room in front of the screen. If you want the projector out of sight (exhibition stand, stage, shop window), choose the same size as a rear projection version with the matching rear projection fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 406 x 228 cm (Screen Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 115.5 × 31.0 × 55.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for rear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from behind – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-rueckprojektion-406-x-228-cm\"\u003erear projection fabric in 406 x 228 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit. If space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat applications is the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWherever you need a large, flat image on the move: at trade fairs and roadshows, at events and film screenings, in shop windows, training sessions, seminars and presentations. The frame is set up in a few minutes, stands freely on two feet and then travels safely in its transport case to the next location.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith this front projection version, the projector stands in front of the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-228-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion\"\u003erear projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector hidden behind the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739451310211,"sku":"1090333","price":1259.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-406-x-228cm-Frontprojektion_f5037f6d-83a3-4483-adf9-5dfc263de98d.jpg?v=1793718935"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-203-x-114-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 203 x 114 cm – Professional Screen, Rear Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rear projection screen for a hidden projector set-up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 203 x 114 cm (92 inches, 16:9) in the rear projection version is the portable professional screen for shop windows, exhibition stands and stages: wherever the projector should stand invisibly behind the screen so that only the image is visible. The projector casts the image from behind onto the special rear projection fabric, which distributes the projected light evenly to the front and remains clearly visible even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-piece aluminium folding frame is opened out without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all round with press studs and is therefore evenly tensioned. Frame, connectors and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional set-up and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the „Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean presentation without visible technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector is hidden behind the screen – projector and cables stay out of sight from the audience, and nobody accidentally walks through the beam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClearly visible even in ambient light:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear projection fabric distributes the light projected from behind evenly towards the front and remains easy to read even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermanently flat projection surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched into the aluminium folding frame all round with press studs, so it lies perfectly flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection) the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if the projector should stay out of sight (shop window, exhibition stand, stage, reception) and you have room behind the screen to set it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e If the projector stands in front of the screen (standard for presentations and training), choose the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-203-x-114-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e in the same size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with front projection an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and setup suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanning rear projection properly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese points are crucial for rear projection:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace behind the screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector stands behind the fabric and needs throw distance there. Plan for sufficient depth; exactly how much depends on the projector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProjector with rear projection mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector must be able to mirror the image (menu item “Rear projection”), otherwise everything appears reversed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum distance approx. 1.5× image width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep a distance of at least 1.5 times the image width between projector and screen. This keeps the image evenly bright and avoids a brighter spot in the centre of the image (hot spot).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo ultra short throw projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard and short-throw projectors are suitable for rear projection; a UST projector would sit too close and intensify the hot spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can reduce the depth required. However, rear projection cannot do without any distance at all: the minimum distance stated above should be maintained so that the image stays evenly bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe special rear projection fabric is designed to radiate the image projected from behind evenly and strongly towards the front, even in rooms with some ambient light such as shop windows or exhibition stands. Because the fabric is attached all round in the frame with press studs, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for an image that is evenly sharp across the full width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e203 x 114 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e223 x 134 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 18–33 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 148–163 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.0 to 4.1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 23 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 3.0 to 4.1 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 6.8 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign the projector behind the screen and set it to rear projection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC (rear projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePresentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eShop windows, trade fair and stage construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position \u0026amp; cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein the audience area; plan cable routes to avoid trip hazards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRequirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace in front of the screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace behind + projector that can mirror the image\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-203-x-114-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView front projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: choose rear projection if you want the projector to disappear invisibly behind the screen (shop window, stage, exhibition stand) and you have space there. If the projector stands in front of the screen, the front projection version in the same size is the right choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 203 x 114 cm Rear Projection (Rear Projection Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 89.5 × 31.0 × 33.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e For rear projection, you need a projector that can mirror the image. If space behind the screen is limited, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps you manage with less installation depth; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do I need for rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo things: space behind the screen for the projector's throw distance, and a projector that can mirror the image (menu item \"rear projection\") so that it appears the right way round. If space is limited there, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can save installation depth; however, a certain minimum distance from the screen is still required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith rear projection (this version), the projector is hidden behind the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-203-x-114-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector in front of the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739451768963,"sku":"1090334","price":799.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-203-x-114cm-Rueckprojektion_1b9d59e1-284f-4bf9-a327-3c4dc69555a3.jpg?v=1793718899"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-203-x-152cm-rueckprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 203 x 152cm, Rear Projection","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Mobile Expert series comprises folding frame screens in various sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese particularly robust and versatile folding frame screens stand out for their high-quality workmanship, making them ideal for mobile use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/mobilexpertrueck.jpg?v=1793478334\" alt=\"mobilexpertrueck\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUncomplicated, high-quality and sturdy – that's the motto here! \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThanks to the hard-wearing transport case, you can take this screen anywhere and unpack and set it up in no time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIn a nutshell:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRear projection fabric with 10 cm black border all the way round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFabric attachment: press studs all the way round\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eone-piece aluminium folding frame, 2 one-piece aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003equick and easy to set up without tools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eextremely sturdy and robust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003elow weight thanks to aluminium construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/mobilexpertrueck3.jpg?v=1793478348\" alt=\"mobilexpertrueck3\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSet up in no time, without tools\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSet up your screen in no time and without tools!\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis design is ideal for mobile use, e.g. at trade fairs, sporting events or in your company. Combined with a portable projector, you get the perfect pairing for use on the go.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce the frame is assembled, the screen fabric can easily be attached to the aluminium frame using the integrated press studs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/mobilexpertfront3VSmqkYbYjoR1U.jpg?v=1793474963\" alt=\"mobilexpertfront3VSmqkYbYjoR1U\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTo find the perfect alignment and be well prepared even on slightly uneven surfaces, this screen has two sturdy height-adjustable feet, so you can always align your new portable frame screen perfectly and adapt it to the conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese features make this screen ideal for rental and hire, as it comes with a sturdy transport case that protects the construction perfectly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBeautiful images on a large surface \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEnjoy your media from a viewing angle of 110° and draw in your audience. This screen gives your images the right brilliance from almost any angle, as the black masking – in addition to the fine screen fabric – ensures high-contrast reproduction and eliminates distracting edge effects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/mobilexpertrueck2.jpg?v=1793478077\" alt=\"mobilexpertrueck2\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable for rear projection and front projection \u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDepending on how your installation is planned, rear projection or front projection is possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith front projection, the projector is placed in front of the screen and the image is projected directly onto it, as you can see in this example image. With this type, images are usually brighter and clearer than with rear projection, because they reach the screen directly and unfiltered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/mobilexpertfront1.jpg?v=1793474805\" alt=\"mobilexpertfront1\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlternatively, rear projection is possible. Here the projector is placed behind the screen and the image is projected through the screen onto the front. The advantage is that your audience doesn't see the projector at all, and nobody can walk through the image and disrupt your presentation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cimg src=\"https:\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/mobilexpertrueck4.jpg?v=1793474791\" alt=\"mobilexpertrueck4\"\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739452194947,"sku":"1090335","price":799.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-203-x-152cm-Rueckprojektion_7ec4798a-b67e-4792-a33e-828d2ceb306c.jpg?v=1793718908"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-244-x-137-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 244 x 137 cm – Professional Screen, Rear Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rear projection screen for a hidden projector set-up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 244 x 137 cm (110 inches, 16:9) in the rear projection version is the portable professional screen for shop windows, exhibition stands and stages: wherever the projector should stand invisibly behind the screen so that only the image is visible. The projector casts the image from behind onto the special rear projection fabric, which distributes the projected light evenly to the front and remains clearly visible even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-piece aluminium folding frame is opened out without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all round with press studs and is therefore evenly tensioned. Frame, connectors and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional set-up and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the „Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean presentation without visible technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector is hidden behind the screen – projector and cables stay out of sight from the audience, and nobody accidentally walks through the beam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClearly visible even in ambient light:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear projection fabric distributes the light projected from behind evenly towards the front and remains easy to read even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermanently flat projection surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched into the aluminium folding frame all round with press studs, so it lies perfectly flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection) the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if the projector should stay out of sight (shop window, exhibition stand, stage, reception) and you have room behind the screen to set it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e If the projector stands in front of the screen (standard for presentations and training), choose the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-244-x-137-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e in the same size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with front projection an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and setup suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanning rear projection properly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese points are crucial for rear projection:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace behind the screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector stands behind the fabric and needs throw distance there. Plan for sufficient depth; exactly how much depends on the projector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProjector with rear projection mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector must be able to mirror the image (menu item “Rear projection”), otherwise everything appears reversed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum distance approx. 1.5× image width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep a distance of at least 1.5 times the image width between projector and screen. This keeps the image evenly bright and avoids a brighter spot in the centre of the image (hot spot).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo ultra short throw projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard and short-throw projectors are suitable for rear projection; a UST projector would sit too close and intensify the hot spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can reduce the depth required. However, rear projection cannot do without any distance at all: the minimum distance stated above should be maintained so that the image stays evenly bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe special rear projection fabric is designed to radiate the image projected from behind evenly and strongly towards the front, even in rooms with some ambient light such as shop windows or exhibition stands. Because the fabric is attached all round in the frame with press studs, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for an image that is evenly sharp across the full width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e244 x 137 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e264 x 157 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 12–42 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 169–199 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 3.7 to 4.9 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 27 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 3.7 to 4.9 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 8.2 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign the projector behind the screen and set it to rear projection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC (rear projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePresentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eShop windows, trade fair and stage construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position \u0026amp; cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein the audience area; plan cable routes to avoid trip hazards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRequirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace in front of the screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace behind + projector that can mirror the image\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-244-x-137-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView front projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: choose rear projection if you want the projector to disappear invisibly behind the screen (shop window, stage, exhibition stand) and you have space there. If the projector stands in front of the screen, the front projection version in the same size is the right choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 244 x 137 cm Rear Projection (Rear Projection Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 95.5 × 31.0 × 44.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e For rear projection, you need a projector that can mirror the image. If space behind the screen is limited, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps you manage with less installation depth; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for front projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from the front – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-frontprojektion-244-x-137-cm\"\u003efront projection fabric in 244 x 137 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do I need for rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo things: space behind the screen for the projector's throw distance, and a projector that can mirror the image (menu item \"rear projection\") so that it appears the right way round. If space is limited there, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can save installation depth; however, a certain minimum distance from the screen is still required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith rear projection (this version), the projector is hidden behind the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-244-x-137-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector in front of the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739452817539,"sku":"1090336","price":969.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-244-x-137cm-Rueckprojektion_a0d5003a-a38d-4a67-915c-4261923d8f6c.jpg?v=1793718910"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-172-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 305 x 172 cm – Professional Screen, Rear Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rear projection screen for a hidden projector set-up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 305 x 172 cm (138 inches, 16:9) in the rear projection version is the portable professional screen for shop windows, exhibition stands and stages: wherever the projector should stand invisibly behind the screen so that only the image is visible. The projector casts the image from behind onto the special rear projection fabric, which distributes the projected light evenly to the front and remains clearly visible even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-piece aluminium folding frame is opened out without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all round with press studs and is therefore evenly tensioned. Frame, connectors and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional set-up and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the „Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean presentation without visible technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector is hidden behind the screen – projector and cables stay out of sight from the audience, and nobody accidentally walks through the beam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClearly visible even in ambient light:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear projection fabric distributes the light projected from behind evenly towards the front and remains easy to read even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermanently flat projection surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched into the aluminium folding frame all round with press studs, so it lies perfectly flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection) the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if the projector should stay out of sight (shop window, exhibition stand, stage, reception) and you have room behind the screen to set it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e If the projector stands in front of the screen (standard for presentations and training), choose the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-172-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e in the same size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with front projection an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and setup suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanning rear projection properly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese points are crucial for rear projection:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace behind the screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector stands behind the fabric and needs throw distance there. Plan for sufficient depth; exactly how much depends on the projector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProjector with rear projection mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector must be able to mirror the image (menu item “Rear projection”), otherwise everything appears reversed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum distance approx. 1.5× image width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep a distance of at least 1.5 times the image width between projector and screen. This keeps the image evenly bright and avoids a brighter spot in the centre of the image (hot spot).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo ultra short throw projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard and short-throw projectors are suitable for rear projection; a UST projector would sit too close and intensify the hot spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can reduce the depth required. However, rear projection cannot do without any distance at all: the minimum distance stated above should be maintained so that the image stays evenly bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe special rear projection fabric is designed to radiate the image projected from behind evenly and strongly towards the front, even in rooms with some ambient light such as shop windows or exhibition stands. Because the fabric is attached all round in the frame with press studs, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for an image that is evenly sharp across the full width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e305 x 172 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e325 x 192 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 24–39 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 217–232 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 4.6 to 6.1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 32 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 4.6 to 6.1 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 10.3 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign the projector behind the screen and set it to rear projection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC (rear projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePresentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eShop windows, trade fair and stage construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position \u0026amp; cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein the audience area; plan cable routes to avoid trip hazards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRequirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace in front of the screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace behind + projector that can mirror the image\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-172-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView front projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: choose rear projection if you want the projector to disappear invisibly behind the screen (shop window, stage, exhibition stand) and you have space there. If the projector stands in front of the screen, the front projection version in the same size is the right choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 305 x 172 cm Rear Projection (Rear Projection Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 115.5 × 31.0 × 46.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e For rear projection, you need a projector that can mirror the image. If space behind the screen is limited, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps you manage with less installation depth; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for front projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from the front – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-frontprojektion-305-x-172-cm\"\u003efront projection fabric in 305 x 172 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do I need for rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo things: space behind the screen for the projector's throw distance, and a projector that can mirror the image (menu item \"rear projection\") so that it appears the right way round. If space is limited there, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can save installation depth; however, a certain minimum distance from the screen is still required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith rear projection (this version), the projector is hidden behind the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-172-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector in front of the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739453243523,"sku":"1090338","price":1079.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-305-x-172cm-Rueckprojektion_dcaf7a9c-cb65-49bc-911d-501d6de3437b.jpg?v=1793718917"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-229-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 305 x 229 cm – Professional Screen, Rear Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rear projection screen for a hidden projector set-up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 305 x 229 cm (150 inches, 4:3) in the rear projection version is the portable professional screen for shop windows, exhibition stands and stages: wherever the projector should stand invisibly behind the screen so that only the image is visible. The projector casts the image from behind onto the special rear projection fabric, which distributes the projected light evenly to the front and remains clearly visible even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-piece aluminium folding frame is opened out without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all round with press studs and is therefore evenly tensioned. Frame, connectors and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional set-up and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the „Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean presentation without visible technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector is hidden behind the screen – projector and cables stay out of sight from the audience, and nobody accidentally walks through the beam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClearly visible even in ambient light:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear projection fabric distributes the light projected from behind evenly towards the front and remains easy to read even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermanently flat projection surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched into the aluminium folding frame all round with press studs, so it lies perfectly flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection) the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if the projector should stay out of sight (shop window, exhibition stand, stage, reception) and you have room behind the screen to set it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 4:3 format is a deliberate choice if your projector outputs it. With a 16:9 projector, white screen area would otherwise remain unused at the top and bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e If the projector stands in front of the screen (standard for presentations and training), choose the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-229-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e in the same size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with front projection an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and setup suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanning rear projection properly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese points are crucial for rear projection:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace behind the screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector stands behind the fabric and needs throw distance there. Plan for sufficient depth; exactly how much depends on the projector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProjector with rear projection mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector must be able to mirror the image (menu item “Rear projection”), otherwise everything appears reversed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum distance approx. 1.5× image width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep a distance of at least 1.5 times the image width between projector and screen. This keeps the image evenly bright and avoids a brighter spot in the centre of the image (hot spot).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo ultra short throw projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard and short-throw projectors are suitable for rear projection; a UST projector would sit too close and intensify the hot spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can reduce the depth required. However, rear projection cannot do without any distance at all: the minimum distance stated above should be maintained so that the image stays evenly bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe special rear projection fabric is designed to radiate the image projected from behind evenly and strongly towards the front, even in rooms with some ambient light such as shop windows or exhibition stands. Because the fabric is attached all round in the frame with press studs, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for an image that is evenly sharp across the full width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e305 x 229 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e325 x 249 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 19–94 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 267–342 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 4.6 to 6.1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 40 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 4.6 to 6.1 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 13.7 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign the projector behind the screen and set it to rear projection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC (rear projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePresentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eShop windows, trade fair and stage construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position \u0026amp; cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein the audience area; plan cable routes to avoid trip hazards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRequirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace in front of the screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace behind + projector that can mirror the image\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-229-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView front projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: choose rear projection if you want the projector to disappear invisibly behind the screen (shop window, stage, exhibition stand) and you have space there. If the projector stands in front of the screen, the front projection version in the same size is the right choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 305 x 229 cm Rear Projection (Rear Projection Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 115.5 × 31.0 × 55.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e For rear projection, you need a projector that can mirror the image. If space behind the screen is limited, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps you manage with less installation depth; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for front projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from the front – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-frontprojektion-305-x-229-cm\"\u003efront projection fabric in 305 x 229 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do I need for rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo things: space behind the screen for the projector's throw distance, and a projector that can mirror the image (menu item \"rear projection\") so that it appears the right way round. If space is limited there, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can save installation depth; however, a certain minimum distance from the screen is still required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith rear projection (this version), the projector is hidden behind the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-305-x-229-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector in front of the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739453636739,"sku":"1090339","price":1079.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-305-x-229cm-Rueckprojektion_8c89aaee-0914-4141-b5c5-bb8d75e0523c.jpg?v=1793718923"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-206-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 366 x 206 cm – Professional Screen, Rear Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rear projection screen for a hidden projector set-up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 366 x 206 cm (165 inches, 16:9) in the rear projection version is the portable professional screen for shop windows, exhibition stands and stages: wherever the projector should stand invisibly behind the screen so that only the image is visible. The projector casts the image from behind onto the special rear projection fabric, which distributes the projected light evenly to the front and remains clearly visible even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-piece aluminium folding frame is opened out without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all round with press studs and is therefore evenly tensioned. Frame, connectors and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional set-up and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the „Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean presentation without visible technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector is hidden behind the screen – projector and cables stay out of sight from the audience, and nobody accidentally walks through the beam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClearly visible even in ambient light:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear projection fabric distributes the light projected from behind evenly towards the front and remains easy to read even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermanently flat projection surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched into the aluminium folding frame all round with press studs, so it lies perfectly flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection) the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if the projector should stay out of sight (shop window, exhibition stand, stage, reception) and you have room behind the screen to set it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e If the projector stands in front of the screen (standard for presentations and training), choose the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-206-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e in the same size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with front projection an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and setup suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanning rear projection properly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese points are crucial for rear projection:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace behind the screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector stands behind the fabric and needs throw distance there. Plan for sufficient depth; exactly how much depends on the projector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProjector with rear projection mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector must be able to mirror the image (menu item “Rear projection”), otherwise everything appears reversed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum distance approx. 1.5× image width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep a distance of at least 1.5 times the image width between projector and screen. This keeps the image evenly bright and avoids a brighter spot in the centre of the image (hot spot).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo ultra short throw projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard and short-throw projectors are suitable for rear projection; a UST projector would sit too close and intensify the hot spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can reduce the depth required. However, rear projection cannot do without any distance at all: the minimum distance stated above should be maintained so that the image stays evenly bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe special rear projection fabric is designed to radiate the image projected from behind evenly and strongly towards the front, even in rooms with some ambient light such as shop windows or exhibition stands. Because the fabric is attached all round in the frame with press studs, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for an image that is evenly sharp across the full width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e366 x 206 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e386 x 226 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 15–75 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 241–301 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 5.5 to 7.3 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 36 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 5.5 to 7.3 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 12.4 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign the projector behind the screen and set it to rear projection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC (rear projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePresentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eShop windows, trade fair and stage construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position \u0026amp; cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein the audience area; plan cable routes to avoid trip hazards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRequirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace in front of the screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace behind + projector that can mirror the image\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-206-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView front projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: choose rear projection if you want the projector to disappear invisibly behind the screen (shop window, stage, exhibition stand) and you have space there. If the projector stands in front of the screen, the front projection version in the same size is the right choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 366 x 206 cm Rear Projection (Rear Projection Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 115.5 × 31.0 × 55.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e For rear projection, you need a projector that can mirror the image. If space behind the screen is limited, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps you manage with less installation depth; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for front projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from the front – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-frontprojektion-366-x-206-cm\"\u003efront projection fabric in 366 x 206 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do I need for rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo things: space behind the screen for the projector's throw distance, and a projector that can mirror the image (menu item \"rear projection\") so that it appears the right way round. If space is limited there, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can save installation depth; however, a certain minimum distance from the screen is still required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith rear projection (this version), the projector is hidden behind the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-206-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector in front of the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739454062723,"sku":"1090340","price":1199.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-366-x-206cm-Rueckprojektion_bdc7d7ef-0584-4d82-9edb-862cef4b8fd1.jpg?v=1793718926"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-274-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 366 x 274 cm – Professional Screen, Rear Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rear projection screen for a hidden projector set-up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 366 x 274 cm (180 inches, 4:3) in the rear projection version is the portable professional screen for shop windows, exhibition stands and stages: wherever the projector should stand invisibly behind the screen so that only the image is visible. The projector casts the image from behind onto the special rear projection fabric, which distributes the projected light evenly to the front and remains clearly visible even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-piece aluminium folding frame is opened out without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all round with press studs and is therefore evenly tensioned. Frame, connectors and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional set-up and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the „Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean presentation without visible technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector is hidden behind the screen – projector and cables stay out of sight from the audience, and nobody accidentally walks through the beam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClearly visible even in ambient light:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear projection fabric distributes the light projected from behind evenly towards the front and remains easy to read even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermanently flat projection surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched into the aluminium folding frame all round with press studs, so it lies perfectly flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection) the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if the projector should stay out of sight (shop window, exhibition stand, stage, reception) and you have room behind the screen to set it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 4:3 format is a deliberate choice if your projector outputs it. With a 16:9 projector, white screen area would otherwise remain unused at the top and bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e If the projector stands in front of the screen (standard for presentations and training), choose the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-274-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e in the same size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with front projection an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and setup suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanning rear projection properly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese points are crucial for rear projection:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace behind the screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector stands behind the fabric and needs throw distance there. Plan for sufficient depth; exactly how much depends on the projector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProjector with rear projection mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector must be able to mirror the image (menu item “Rear projection”), otherwise everything appears reversed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum distance approx. 1.5× image width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep a distance of at least 1.5 times the image width between projector and screen. This keeps the image evenly bright and avoids a brighter spot in the centre of the image (hot spot).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo ultra short throw projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard and short-throw projectors are suitable for rear projection; a UST projector would sit too close and intensify the hot spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can reduce the depth required. However, rear projection cannot do without any distance at all: the minimum distance stated above should be maintained so that the image stays evenly bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe special rear projection fabric is designed to radiate the image projected from behind evenly and strongly towards the front, even in rooms with some ambient light such as shop windows or exhibition stands. Because the fabric is attached all round in the frame with press studs, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for an image that is evenly sharp across the full width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e366 x 274 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e386 x 294 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 26–56 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 320–350 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 5.5 to 7.3 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 43 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 5.5 to 7.3 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 16.4 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign the projector behind the screen and set it to rear projection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC (rear projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePresentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eShop windows, trade fair and stage construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position \u0026amp; cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein the audience area; plan cable routes to avoid trip hazards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRequirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace in front of the screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace behind + projector that can mirror the image\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-274-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView front projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: choose rear projection if you want the projector to disappear invisibly behind the screen (shop window, stage, exhibition stand) and you have space there. If the projector stands in front of the screen, the front projection version in the same size is the right choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 366 x 274 cm Rear Projection (Rear Projection Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 115.5 × 31.0 × 55.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e For rear projection, you need a projector that can mirror the image. If space behind the screen is limited, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps you manage with less installation depth; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for front projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from the front – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-frontprojektion-366-x-274-cm\"\u003efront projection fabric in 366 x 274 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do I need for rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo things: space behind the screen for the projector's throw distance, and a projector that can mirror the image (menu item \"rear projection\") so that it appears the right way round. If space is limited there, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can save installation depth; however, a certain minimum distance from the screen is still required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith rear projection (this version), the projector is hidden behind the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-366-x-274-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector in front of the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739454259331,"sku":"1090341","price":1199.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-366-x-274cm-Rueckprojektion_217b924e-08d3-441b-a56f-d3486babdebc.jpg?v=1793718933"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-228-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 406 x 228 cm – Professional Screen, Rear Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rear projection screen for a hidden projector set-up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 406 x 228 cm (183 inches, 16:9) in the rear projection version is the portable professional screen for shop windows, exhibition stands and stages: wherever the projector should stand invisibly behind the screen so that only the image is visible. The projector casts the image from behind onto the special rear projection fabric, which distributes the projected light evenly to the front and remains clearly visible even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-piece aluminium folding frame is opened out without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all round with press studs and is therefore evenly tensioned. Frame, connectors and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional set-up and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the „Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean presentation without visible technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector is hidden behind the screen – projector and cables stay out of sight from the audience, and nobody accidentally walks through the beam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClearly visible even in ambient light:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear projection fabric distributes the light projected from behind evenly towards the front and remains easy to read even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermanently flat projection surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched into the aluminium folding frame all round with press studs, so it lies perfectly flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection) the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if the projector should stay out of sight (shop window, exhibition stand, stage, reception) and you have room behind the screen to set it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e If the projector stands in front of the screen (standard for presentations and training), choose the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-228-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e in the same size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with front projection an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and setup suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanning rear projection properly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese points are crucial for rear projection:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace behind the screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector stands behind the fabric and needs throw distance there. Plan for sufficient depth; exactly how much depends on the projector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProjector with rear projection mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector must be able to mirror the image (menu item “Rear projection”), otherwise everything appears reversed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum distance approx. 1.5× image width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep a distance of at least 1.5 times the image width between projector and screen. This keeps the image evenly bright and avoids a brighter spot in the centre of the image (hot spot).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo ultra short throw projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard and short-throw projectors are suitable for rear projection; a UST projector would sit too close and intensify the hot spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can reduce the depth required. However, rear projection cannot do without any distance at all: the minimum distance stated above should be maintained so that the image stays evenly bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe special rear projection fabric is designed to radiate the image projected from behind evenly and strongly towards the front, even in rooms with some ambient light such as shop windows or exhibition stands. Because the fabric is attached all round in the frame with press studs, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for an image that is evenly sharp across the full width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e406 x 228 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e426 x 248 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 27–87 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 275–335 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 6.1 to 8.1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 41 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 6.1 to 8.1 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 13.7 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign the projector behind the screen and set it to rear projection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC (rear projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePresentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eShop windows, trade fair and stage construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position \u0026amp; cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein the audience area; plan cable routes to avoid trip hazards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRequirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace in front of the screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace behind + projector that can mirror the image\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-228-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView front projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: choose rear projection if you want the projector to disappear invisibly behind the screen (shop window, stage, exhibition stand) and you have space there. If the projector stands in front of the screen, the front projection version in the same size is the right choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 406 x 228 cm Rear Projection (Rear Projection Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 115.5 × 31.0 × 55.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e For rear projection, you need a projector that can mirror the image. If space behind the screen is limited, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps you manage with less installation depth; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for front projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from the front – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-frontprojektion-406-x-228-cm\"\u003efront projection fabric in 406 x 228 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do I need for rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo things: space behind the screen for the projector's throw distance, and a projector that can mirror the image (menu item \"rear projection\") so that it appears the right way round. If space is limited there, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can save installation depth; however, a certain minimum distance from the screen is still required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith rear projection (this version), the projector is hidden behind the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-228-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector in front of the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739454718083,"sku":"1090342","price":1359.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-406-x-228cm-Rueckprojektion_4360c999-a4d1-48cc-872a-e862ff78c844.jpg?v=1793718935"},{"product_id":"celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-305-cm-profi-leinwand-rueckprojektion","title":"celexon Folding Frame Screen Mobil Expert 406 x 305 cm – Professional Screen, Rear Projection","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert: the rear projection screen for a hidden projector set-up\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Mobil Expert folding frame screen measuring 406 x 305 cm (200 inches, 4:3) in the rear projection version is the portable professional screen for shop windows, exhibition stands and stages: wherever the projector should stand invisibly behind the screen so that only the image is visible. The projector casts the image from behind onto the special rear projection fabric, which distributes the projected light evenly to the front and remains clearly visible even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe one-piece aluminium folding frame is opened out without tools and stands freely on two feet; the fabric is attached to the frame all round with press studs and is therefore evenly tensioned. Frame, connectors and case are designed for frequent transport cycles and built for regular professional set-up and dismantling – which is exactly what makes it the „Expert\".\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClean presentation without visible technology:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector is hidden behind the screen – projector and cables stay out of sight from the audience, and nobody accidentally walks through the beam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eClearly visible even in ambient light:\u003c\/strong\u003e The rear projection fabric distributes the light projected from behind evenly towards the front and remains easy to read even in moderate ambient light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePermanently flat projection surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e The fabric is stretched into the aluminium folding frame all round with press studs, so it lies perfectly flat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExtremely sturdy and mobile:\u003c\/strong\u003e one-piece aluminium folding frame with two feet, quick to set up and take down, designed for frequently changing locations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSturdy transport case included:\u003c\/strong\u003e metal fittings all round and castors protect the frame and fabric in transit; a storage bag for the fabric is included.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection) the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if the projector should stay out of sight (shop window, exhibition stand, stage, reception) and you have room behind the screen to set it up.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat tip:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 4:3 format is a deliberate choice if your projector outputs it. With a 16:9 projector, white screen area would otherwise remain unused at the top and bottom.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRear projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e If the projector stands in front of the screen (standard for presentations and training), choose the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-305-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e in the same size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen is to hang permanently on a wall: in that case a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e or a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e is a better fit. For laser TV projectors, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/laser-tv-leinwand\"\u003eCLR screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the right choice, and for bright rooms with front projection an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and setup suit your room. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003ePlanning rear projection properly\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese points are crucial for rear projection:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace behind the screen:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector stands behind the fabric and needs throw distance there. Plan for sufficient depth; exactly how much depends on the projector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eProjector with rear projection mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e The projector must be able to mirror the image (menu item “Rear projection”), otherwise everything appears reversed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMinimum distance approx. 1.5× image width:\u003c\/strong\u003e Keep a distance of at least 1.5 times the image width between projector and screen. This keeps the image evenly bright and avoids a brighter spot in the centre of the image (hot spot).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo ultra short throw projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard and short-throw projectors are suitable for rear projection; a UST projector would sit too close and intensify the hot spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf space behind the screen is tight, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can reduce the depth required. However, rear projection cannot do without any distance at all: the minimum distance stated above should be maintained so that the image stays evenly bright.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric and image of the Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe special rear projection fabric is designed to radiate the image projected from behind evenly and strongly towards the front, even in rooms with some ambient light such as shop windows or exhibition stands. Because the fabric is attached all round in the frame with press studs, the entire image area lies flat – the prerequisite for an image that is evenly sharp across the full width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Folding Frame Mobile Expert is available in 16:9, 16:10 and 4:3 formats and in image widths of over 4 metres. The key planning dimensions for this size:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area (W×H)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e406 x 305 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eOuter frame dimensions (incl. 10 cm border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e426 x 325 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBottom edge of image above floor (adjustable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 18–33 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSet-up height (top edge above floor)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 342–358 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 6.1 to 8.1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight incl. transport case\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 45 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: the front rows should ideally be at least about 1.5 times the image width away (here approx. 6.1 to 8.1 m), and for easily readable presentations the back row should be no further than around 6 times the image height (here approx. 18.3 m). In deep rooms such as an assembly hall or gym, this means choosing one size larger so that the back rows can see everything too, and using the height-adjustable feet to raise the lower edge of the image so that the back rows have a clear view over the front ones. And the larger the image, the more light output your projector needs so that the picture stays bright and brilliant. We will be happy to work out which size suits your room and which projector offers enough light output for it. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSet-up and transport of the Folding Frame Mobile Expert\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSet-up is tool-free and takes just a few minutes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTake the aluminium folding frame out of the transport case and unfold it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAttach the fabric to the frame all the way round with the press studs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFit the two aluminium feet and set up the screen\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlign the projector behind the screen and set it to rear projection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, detach the fabric, fold up the frame and pack everything back into the transport case. The case is generously sized so the folding frame and fabric fit easily; thanks to the wheels and all-round metal fittings, you can take the screen to the next venue conveniently and safely. The fabric is additionally protected in the supplied storage bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFront projection or rear projection – which version suits you?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eFront projection\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eRear projection (this screen)\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein front of the screen, in the audience area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ebehind the screen, concealed\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMatte white PVC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRear projection PVC (rear projection)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTypical use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ePresentations, training, events\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eShop windows, trade fair and stage construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector position \u0026amp; cables\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003ein the audience area; plan cable routes to avoid trip hazards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eProjector and cables hidden behind, audience area stays clear\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRequirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace in front of the screen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eSpace behind + projector that can mirror the image\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-305-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\" style=\"font-weight:600;color:#112C27;\"\u003eView front projection →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eYou are here\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn short: choose rear projection if you want the projector to disappear invisibly behind the screen (shop window, stage, exhibition stand) and you have space there. If the projector stands in front of the screen, the front projection version in the same size is the right choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Folding Frame Mobil Expert 406 x 305 cm Rear Projection (Rear Projection Fabric + One-Piece Aluminium Folding Frame)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e2 aluminium feet\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003esturdy transport case with all-round metal fittings and castors (W×H×D 115.5 × 31.0 × 55.0 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage bag for the fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShipping note: large formats are delivered by freight forwarder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e For rear projection, you need a projector that can mirror the image. If space behind the screen is limited, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e helps you manage with less installation depth; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTransporting your projector:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector; for a fixed mobile location, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCan also be used for front projection:\u003c\/strong\u003e With the same frame, you can also project from the front – the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-tuch-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert-frontprojektion-406-x-305-cm\"\u003efront projection fabric in 406 x 305 cm\u003c\/a\u003e is available as a retrofit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStability for stage \u0026amp; events:\u003c\/strong\u003e The \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-bodenanker-set-fuer-faltrahmen-mobil-expert\"\u003ecelexon ground anchor set\u003c\/a\u003e provides additional protection against wind when the screen is used outdoors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes and other designs under \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e and in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Mobil Expert folding frame (rear projection)\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat do I need for rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTwo things: space behind the screen for the projector's throw distance, and a projector that can mirror the image (menu item \"rear projection\") so that it appears the right way round. If space is limited there, a \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/kurzdistanz-beamer\"\u003eshort-throw projector\u003c\/a\u003e can save installation depth; however, a certain minimum distance from the screen is still required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's the difference between front and rear projection?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eWith rear projection (this version), the projector is hidden behind the screen. You'll find the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-faltrahmen-leinwand-mobil-expert-406-x-305-cm-profi-leinwand-frontprojektion\"\u003efront projection version\u003c\/a\u003e (projector in front of the screen) linked directly in the comparison table above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Faltrahmen Mobil Expert outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. You can set it up outdoors without any problem for gardens, courtyards or open-air events. It just shouldn't stay outside permanently, as rain and moisture take their toll on the fabric and frame: bring it back in after use and store the fabric dry. Set it up in a sheltered spot. From wind force 3 Bft, i.e. around 12 to 19 km\/h (wind clearly felt on the face, leaves rustle, pennants are extended), we advise against using it outdoors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739454947459,"sku":"1090343","price":1359.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Faltrahmen-Leinwand-Mobil-Expert-406-x-305cm-Rueckprojektion_001e565e-f729-4544-943b-6431c001288d.jpg?v=1793718942"},{"product_id":"celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-160-x-120-cm-79-4-3-mobile-pull-up-leinwand","title":"celexon Ultramobil Professional Plus: 160 x 120 cm (79\" 4:3) Portable Pull-Up Screen","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus: the premium solution among portable screens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Ultramobil Professional Plus measuring 160 x 120 cm (79 inches, 4:3) is the premium portable model in the celexon range. Simply open its one-piece aluminium housing and pull the fabric up – thanks to the scissor mechanism with gas spring, the screen stays upright on its own. No separate tripod, no pole to lock: the fastest and easiest setup in the range, with the centre of gravity right at floor level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastest, easiest set-up:\u003c\/strong\u003e unfold in one piece, pull up the fabric – the self-supporting scissor mechanism needs no locking rod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo fold-out feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e fold out to the left and right for a wide stance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core:\u003c\/strong\u003e the heavier fabric ensures very good flatness and is hardly prone to waves; matte white with gain 1.2 for neutral, true-to-colour reproduction, black light-proof back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStowed safely:\u003c\/strong\u003e when folded, the fabric sits securely in the closed aluminium housing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable:\u003c\/strong\u003e as a closed aluminium housing weighing around 9.1 kg, it can be carried by the handle; available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Ultramobil Professional Plus the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you present on the move every day and want a particularly convenient, stable solution – freestanding, set up in seconds, for sales, roadshows, training and events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 4:3 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. For film, streaming and 4K\/UHD material, the Ultramobil Professional Plus is also available in 16:9, which displays this content without borders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen stays permanently in one place: in that case a permanently installed \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e is more economical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen will mainly be used outdoors: in that case an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is usually the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your application. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Ultramobil Professional Plus set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo separate tripod is needed. This is how you set up the screen:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the aluminium case on the floor and open it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFold out the feet on the left and right\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePull the fabric upwards – the gas spring stabilises it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContinuously adjustable height\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePresenting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, let the fabric back into the housing and fold it up; the fabric then sits protected in the closed aluminium housing, ready to carry by the handle. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3-layer fabric with woven core is heavier than a single-layer fabric and therefore ensures very good flatness without a tendency to wave – resulting in a clean image across the whole surface. Matte white with gain 1.2 reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, at a wide viewing angle. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Ultramobil Professional Plus is in 4:3 format – good for presentations and documents; the range is also available in 1:1 and 16:9.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e160 × 120 cm (79\", 4:3)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2.4 to 3.2 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e85 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3 cm top, left, right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eAssembled height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eUp to approx. 185 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e180.1 × 13 × 12.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e9.1 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for meeting rooms and smaller seminar rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus 160 x 120 cm in an Aluminium Case (Scissor Mechanism with Gas Spring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes of the Ultramobil Professional Plus and other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e in the overview, and the whole range in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat applications is the Ultramobil Professional Plus suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor demanding mobile use: at trade fairs and roadshows, in sales, in training sessions and seminars, in changing meeting rooms and for film and video screenings. Thanks to the gas spring mechanism, it stands up on its own once unfolded and is ready to go without tools – ideal if you set up and take down every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Ultramobil Professional Plus in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a flat aluminium housing around 180.1 cm long, approx. 12.7 cm deep and 13 cm high, with the fabric protected inside. At around 9.1 kg, it is carried by the integrated handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739455144067,"sku":"1090359","price":229.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Leinwand-Ultramobil-Professional-Plus-160-x-120-cm-79_c81bd4d4-ddf2-4e86-951f-4dc2397a3a3b.jpg?v=1793719528"},{"product_id":"celexon-ultramobil-professional-plus-160-x-160-cm-89-1-1-mobile-pull-up-leinwand","title":"celexon Ultramobil Professional Plus: 160 x 160 cm (89\" 1:1) Portable Pull-Up Screen","description":"\u003ch3\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus: the premium solution among portable screens\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe celexon Ultramobil Professional Plus measuring 160 x 160 cm (89 inches, 1:1) is the premium portable model in the celexon range. Simply open its one-piece aluminium housing and pull the fabric up – thanks to the scissor mechanism with gas spring, the screen stays upright on its own. No separate tripod, no pole to lock: the fastest and easiest setup in the range, with the centre of gravity right at floor level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eKey benefits at a glance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFastest, easiest set-up:\u003c\/strong\u003e unfold in one piece, pull up the fabric – the self-supporting scissor mechanism needs no locking rod.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTwo fold-out feet:\u003c\/strong\u003e fold out to the left and right for a wide stance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e3-layer fabric with woven core:\u003c\/strong\u003e the heavier fabric ensures very good flatness and is hardly prone to waves; matte white with gain 1.2 for neutral, true-to-colour reproduction, black light-proof back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStowed safely:\u003c\/strong\u003e when folded, the fabric sits securely in the closed aluminium housing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable:\u003c\/strong\u003e as a closed aluminium housing weighing around 9.6 kg, it can be carried by the handle; available in 1:1, 4:3 and 16:9.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs the Ultramobil Professional Plus the right choice?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eYes,\u003c\/strong\u003e if you present on the move every day and want a particularly convenient, stable solution – freestanding, set up in seconds, for sales, roadshows, training and events.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat note:\u003c\/strong\u003e The square 1:1 format is the right choice if you want to show different image formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content. For film, streaming and 4K\/UHD material, the Ultramobil Professional Plus is also available in 16:9, which displays this content without borders.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen stays permanently in one place: in that case a permanently installed \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/motorleinwand\"\u003emotorised screen\u003c\/a\u003e or \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/rahmenleinwand\"\u003efixed-frame screen\u003c\/a\u003e is more economical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot ideal\u003c\/strong\u003e if the screen will mainly be used outdoors: in that case an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is usually the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWe will be happy to tell you which size and format suit your application. \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet in touch →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the Ultramobil Professional Plus set up and dismantled?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNo separate tripod is needed. This is how you set up the screen:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePlace the aluminium case on the floor and open it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFold out the feet on the left and right\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePull the fabric upwards – the gas spring stabilises it\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContinuously adjustable height\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePresenting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo dismantle, let the fabric back into the housing and fold it up; the fabric then sits protected in the closed aluminium housing, ready to carry by the handle. This lets you set up your projector wherever you need it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFabric, gain and image of the Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 3-layer fabric with woven core is heavier than a single-layer fabric and therefore ensures very good flatness without a tendency to wave – resulting in a clean image across the whole surface. Matte white with gain 1.2 reproduces the image neutrally and with accurate colours, at a wide viewing angle. Instead of projecting onto a bare wall, you project onto an evenly white, smooth special surface. How punchy the image looks with the lights on depends mainly on the brightness of your projector and how well the room is darkened: the matte white fabric reproduces light neutrally but does not actively suppress ambient light. If you need more contrast in brighter rooms, you will find it in an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslicht-und-kontrast\"\u003eALR contrast screen\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich size is right? Format and viewing distance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis Ultramobil Professional Plus is in square 1:1 format – ideal if you want to show portrait and landscape formats flexibly or mainly project 4:3 content; the range is also available in 4:3 and 16:9.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"table table-bordered table-sm\" style=\"border-collapse:collapse;width:100%;font-size:14px;margin:1em 0;\"\u003e\n  \u003cthead\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#A5EEA8;\"\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eDimensions \u0026amp; setup\u003c\/th\u003e\n      \u003cth style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #068E52;text-align:left;color:#112C27;font-weight:600;background:#A5EEA8 !important;\"\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n    \u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/thead\u003e\n  \u003ctbody\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eVisible area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e160 × 160 cm (89\", 1:1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eRecommended viewing distance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eApprox. 2.4 to 3.2 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eBlack drop (bottom)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e38 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eMasking (border)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e3 cm top, left, right\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eAssembled height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eUp to approx. 215 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eTransport dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e180.1 × 13 × 12.7 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n    \u003ctr style=\"background:#ffffff;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"padding:8px 12px;border:1px solid #c2e4c8;\"\u003e9.6 kg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n  \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRule of thumb for viewing distance: about 1.5 to 2 times the image width – suitable e.g. for meeting rooms and smaller seminar rooms. Questions about size and setup? \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eGet expert advice →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIn the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ecelexon Ultramobil Professional Plus 160 x 160 cm in an Aluminium Case (Scissor Mechanism with Gas Spring)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eintegrated carrying handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHave you thought of everything?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMatching projector \u0026amp; cable:\u003c\/strong\u003e Any standard presentation or home cinema projector is suitable for front projection onto the matte white fabric. For mobile use, \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mini-beamer\"\u003eportable projectors\u003c\/a\u003e are a good choice, and in brighter rooms \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/tageslichtbeamer\"\u003epowerful daylight projectors\u003c\/a\u003e; the matching \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/hdmi-kabel\"\u003eHDMI cable\u003c\/a\u003e connects the projector and source device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTaking your projector with you:\u003c\/strong\u003e On the go, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-beamertasche-economy-line-large\"\u003ecelexon projector bag Economy Large\u003c\/a\u003e protects your projector in transit; for a fixed mobile spot, there is the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/medienmoebel-und-rednerpulte\"\u003ecelexon projector trolley (projection table)\u003c\/a\u003e on castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFor outdoors:\u003c\/strong\u003e In the garden or for open-air evenings, an \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e is the better choice.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDifferent size or version?\u003c\/strong\u003e You will find all sizes of the Ultramobil Professional Plus and other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand\"\u003eportable screens\u003c\/a\u003e in the overview, and the whole range in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/celexon-leinwand\"\u003ecelexon overview\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions about the celexon Ultramobil Professional Plus\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat applications is the Ultramobil Professional Plus suitable for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFor demanding mobile use: at trade fairs and roadshows, in sales, in training sessions and seminars, in changing meeting rooms and for film and video screenings. Thanks to the gas spring mechanism, it stands up on its own once unfolded and is ready to go without tools – ideal if you set up and take down every day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the Ultramobil Professional Plus in the garden or outdoors?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt can be set up for brief outdoor use, but it is not weatherproof: bring it back inside after use and let the fabric dry before rolling it up. Ideally, set the screen up in a sheltered, shady spot. For outdoor use, the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/products\/celexon-aufblasbare-outdoor-leinwand-professional-inf-100-gartenkino-public-viewing\"\u003einflatable outdoor screen\u003c\/a\u003e with its ground anchors is usually the better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow big is the screen when packed for transport?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFolded, it is a flat aluminium housing around 180.1 cm long, approx. 12.7 cm deep and 13 cm high, with the fabric protected inside. At around 9.6 kg, it is carried by the integrated handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePlanning a projector, screen and accessories as a complete package? We will put together the right setup for you – \u003ca href=\"\/en\/pages\/kontakt\"\u003eget expert advice now →\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"celexon","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47739455832195,"sku":"1090361","price":229.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0721\/2639\/8595\/files\/celexon-Leinwand-Ultramobil-Professional-Plus-160-x-160-cm-89_f61989ce-554a-4878-a974-b040451ad07e.jpg?v=1793719529"}],"url":"https:\/\/www.beamer-discount.de\/en\/collections\/mobile-leinwand.oembed?page=4","provider":"Beamer-Discount","version":"1.0","type":"link"}